blob: c73f6dd57402db9c3e3cdc14fa71e4cbea2504ee [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500146 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500147 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400148 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
150/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800151/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500153/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
155/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
156/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400157/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
159/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
160/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500161/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
162/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500163/net Networking code
164/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500165/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
166/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500167/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169Software Configuration:
170=======================
171
172Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
173rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
174
175There are two classes of configuration variables:
176
177* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
178 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
179 "CONFIG_".
180
181* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
182 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
183 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200184 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000185
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500186Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
187symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
188U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
189allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
190build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000191
192
193Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
194---------------------------------------------------
195
196For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200197configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000198
199Example: For a TQM823L module type:
200
201 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200202 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000203
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500204Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
205you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
206doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000207
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600208Sandbox Environment:
209--------------------
210
211U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
212board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
213specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
214run some of U-Boot's tests.
215
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530216See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600217
218
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700219Board Initialisation Flow:
220--------------------------
221
222This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500223SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700224
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500225Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
226more detail later in this file.
227
228At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
229and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
230may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
231CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
232
233Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
234CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
235
236 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
237 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
238 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
239
240and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
241limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700242
243lowlevel_init():
244 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
245 - no global_data or BSS
246 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
247 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
248 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
249 board_init_f()
250 - this is almost never needed
251 - return normally from this function
252
253board_init_f():
254 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
255 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
256 - global_data is available
257 - stack is in SRAM
258 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
259 only stack variables and global_data
260
261 Non-SPL-specific notes:
262 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
263 can do nothing
264
265 SPL-specific notes:
266 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
267 version as needed.
268 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
269 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
270 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
271 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
272 directly)
273
274Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
275this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
276CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
277memory.
278
279board_init_r():
280 - purpose: main execution, common code
281 - global_data is available
282 - SDRAM is available
283 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
284 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
285
286 Non-SPL-specific notes:
287 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
288 there.
289
290 SPL-specific notes:
291 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
292 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
293 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800294 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700295 spl_board_init() function containing this call
296 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
297
298
299
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000300Configuration Options:
301----------------------
302
303Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
304such information is kept in a configuration file
305"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
306
307Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
308"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
309
310
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000311Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
312kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
313build a config tool - later.
314
315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000316The following options need to be configured:
317
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500318- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000319
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500320- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200321
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530322- Marvell Family Member
323 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
324 multiple fs option at one time
325 for marvell soc family
326
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600327- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000328 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
329
330 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
331 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
332 compliance, among other possible reasons.
333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
335
336 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
337 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
338 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
339
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500340 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
341
342 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
343 tree nodes for the given platform.
344
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000345 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
346
347 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
348 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
349 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
350
351 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
353
354 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
355 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
356
357 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
358 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
359 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
360 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
361
362 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
363 this erratum.
364
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530365 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
366 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800367 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530368
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530369 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
370 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800371 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530372
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
374
375 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
376 according to the A004510 workaround.
377
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
379 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
380 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
381
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
383 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
384 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
385
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
387 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
388 connected to the DSP core.
389
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
391 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
392
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
394 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
395 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
396 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
397
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530398 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
399 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800400 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530401
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800402 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800404 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
405
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000406- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700407 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
408 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
409 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
410 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
411 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
414
415 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
416 values is arch specific.
417
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
419 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
420 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
421 SoCs.
422
423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
424 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
425
426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
427 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
428 deskew training are not available.
429
430 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
431 Freescale DDR1 controller.
432
433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
434 Freescale DDR2 controller.
435
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
437 Freescale DDR3 controller.
438
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
440 Freescale DDR4 controller.
441
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700442 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
443 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
444
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
446 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
447 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
448 implemetation.
449
450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400451 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700452 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
453 implementation.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
456 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700457 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
460 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
461 DDR3L controllers.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
464 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
465 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700466
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
468 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
471 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
472
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
474 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
475
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
477 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
478
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
480 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
481 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
484 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
485 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
486 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
487
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530488 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
489 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
490 concatenated with u-boot binary.
491
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
496 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
497
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
499 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
500 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
501 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
502
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
504 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
505 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
506 SoCs with ARM core.
507
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
509 Number of controllers used as main memory.
510
511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
512 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
513
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
515 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
516
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
518 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
519
520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
521 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
522
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200523- MIPS CPU options:
524 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
525
526 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
527 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
528 relocation.
529
530 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
531
532 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
533 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
534 Possible values are:
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
537 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
539 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
540 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
541 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
542 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
543
544 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
545
546 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
547 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
548
549 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
550
551 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
552 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
553 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
554
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000555- ARM options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
557
558 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
559 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
560
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700561 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
562 Generic timer clock source frequency.
563
564 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
565 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
566 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
567 at run time.
568
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700569- Tegra SoC options:
570 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
571
572 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
573 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
574 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
575
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000576- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000577 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
578
579 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
580 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
581 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
582 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
583 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
584 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
585 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000586 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100587 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 default environment.
589
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000590 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
591
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800592 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000593 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
594 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
595
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400596 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200597
598 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400599 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
600 concepts).
601
602 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
603 * New libfdt-based support
604 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500605 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400606
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200607 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600608 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200609
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200610 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
611 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500612
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600613 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
614
615 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
616 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600618 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
619
620 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
621 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
622 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
623 the kernel.
624
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200625 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
626
627 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
628 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
629 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
630 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
631 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
632 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
633
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000634 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
635
636 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
637 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
638 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
639 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
640 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
641 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
642 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
643
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100644- vxWorks boot parameters:
645
646 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700647 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
648 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100649 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
650
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100651 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
652 the defaults discussed just above.
653
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000654- Cache Configuration:
655 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
656 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
657 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
658
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000659- Cache Configuration for ARM:
660 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
661 controller
662 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
663 controller register space
664
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000665- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200666 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000667
668 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
669
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200670 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000671
672 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
673
674 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
675
676 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
677 the clock speed of the UARTs.
678
679 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
680
681 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
682 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
683 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
684
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400685 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
686
687 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
688 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Console Baudrate:
691 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
692 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200693 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695- Autoboot Command:
696 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
697 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
698 define a command string that is automatically executed
699 when no character is read on the console interface
700 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
701
702 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000703 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
704 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
705 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000706
707 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000708 The value of these goes into the environment as
709 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
710 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200711 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000712
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100713- Bootcount:
714 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
715 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
716 cycle, see:
717 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
718
719 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
720 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
721 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
722 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
723 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
724 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
725 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
726 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
727 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729- Pre-Boot Commands:
730 CONFIG_PREBOOT
731
732 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
733 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
734 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
735 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
736 entering interactive mode.
737
738 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
739 automatically generated or modified. For an example
740 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
741 modified when the user holds down a certain
742 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
743 booting the systems
744
745- Serial Download Echo Mode:
746 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
747 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
748 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
749 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
750 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
751 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
752 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
753
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
756 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200757 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000758
759- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500760 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
761 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000762 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500763 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000764
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500765 The default command configuration includes all commands
766 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100768 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500770 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500771 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400772 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
774 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500775 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
776 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500777 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500778 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500781 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000782 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
783 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700784 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
785 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100786 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500787 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
789 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000791 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500792 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000794 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200795 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500796 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000797 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200799 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000800 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
801 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500802 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
803 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200804 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400805 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000806 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000808 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200809 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
811 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
812 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100813 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
815 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200816 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600817 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000818 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
820 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
821 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
822 host
823 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000824 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
826 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000827 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500829 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
830 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700831 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800832 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200833 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000835 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000836 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
838 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000841 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200842 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200843 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844
845 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
846 support you can write:
847
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500848 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
849 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400851 Other Commands:
852 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
854 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000856 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +0200857 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200858 8xx (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000859 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
860 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
861 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862
863
864 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
865
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600866- Removal of commands
867 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
868 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
869 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
870 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
871 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
872 simple boot procedures.
873
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000874- Regular expression support:
875 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200876 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
877 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
878 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
879 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000880
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000881- Device tree:
882 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
883 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
884 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
885 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
886 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
887 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
888
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000889 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700890 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000891
892 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
893 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
894 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
895 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
896 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
897 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000898
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000899 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
900 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
901 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
902 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
903
904 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
905
906 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
907 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
908 still use the individual files if you need something more
909 exotic.
910
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700911 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
912 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
913 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
914 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
915 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
916
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917- Watchdog:
918 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
919 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000920 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200921 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
922 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
923 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
924 available, then no further board specific code should
925 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000926
927 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
928 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
929 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
930 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100932 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
933 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
934
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000935- U-Boot Version:
936 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
937 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
938 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
939 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200940 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
941 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000942
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943- Real-Time Clock:
944
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
947 following options:
948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000954 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200955 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000956 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100957 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000958 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200959 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200960 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
961 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000963 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
964 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
965
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600966- GPIO Support:
967 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600968
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000969 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
970 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
971 pins supported by a particular chip.
972
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600973 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
974 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
975
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600976- I/O tracing:
977 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
978 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
979 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
980 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
981 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
982 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
983 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
984 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
985
986 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
987 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
988 still continue to operate.
989
990 iotrace is enabled
991 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
992 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
993 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
994 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
995 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
996 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
997
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998- Timestamp Support:
999
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001000 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1001 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1002 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001004
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001005- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1006 Zero or more of the following:
1007 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001008 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1009 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1010 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1011 disk/part_efi.c
1012 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
Simon Glassfc843a02017-05-17 03:25:30 -06001014 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001015 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001016 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001017
1018- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001019 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1020 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001022 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1023 be performed by calling the function
1024 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1025 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
1027- ATAPI Support:
1028 CONFIG_ATAPI
1029
1030 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1031
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001032- LBA48 Support
1033 CONFIG_LBA48
1034
1035 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001036 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001037 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1038 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001040 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001041 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1042 Default is 32bit.
1043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001045 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1046 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1047 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001048 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1049 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001050
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001051 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1052 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001055 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001056 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1057
1058 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1059 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1060 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1061 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1062
1063 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1064 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1065 example with the "sspi" command.
1066
1067 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1068 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1069 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1072 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001073 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074 write routine for first time initialisation.
1075
1076 CONFIG_TULIP
1077 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1078 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1079 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1080
1081 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1082 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1083
1084 CONFIG_NS8382X
1085 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1086
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001087- NETWORK Support (other):
1088
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001089 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1090 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1091
1092 CONFIG_RMII
1093 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1094
1095 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1096 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1097 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1098
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001099 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1100 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1101
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001102 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001103 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1104
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001105 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1106 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1107
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001108 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001109 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1110
1111 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1112 Define this to hold the physical address
1113 of the device (I/O space)
1114
1115 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1116 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1117
1118 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1119 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1120 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1121
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001122 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1123 Support for davinci emac
1124
1125 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1126 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1127
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001128 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1129 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1130
1131 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1132 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1133 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1134 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1135 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1136 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1137 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1138 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1139
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001140 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001141 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1142
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001143 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001144 Define this to hold the physical address
1145 of the device (I/O space)
1146
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001147 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001148 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1149
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001150 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001151 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1152 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001153 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001154
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001155 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1156 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1157
1158 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1159 Define the number of ports to be used
1160
1161 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1162 Define the ETH PHY's address
1163
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001164 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1165 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1166
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001167- PWM Support:
1168 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001169 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001170
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001171- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001172 CONFIG_TPM
1173 Support TPM devices.
1174
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001175 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1176 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001177 per system is supported at this time.
1178
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001179 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1180 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1181
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001182 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1183 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1184
1185 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1186 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1187 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1188
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001189 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1190 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1191 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1192
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001193 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1194 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1195
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001196 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001197 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1198 per system is supported at this time.
1199
1200 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1201 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1202 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1203 0xfed40000.
1204
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001205 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1206 Add tpm monitor functions.
1207 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1208 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1209
1210 CONFIG_TPM
1211 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1212 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1213 Requires support for a TPM device.
1214
1215 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1216 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1217 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1218
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219- USB Support:
1220 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001221 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1223 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001224 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001225 storage devices.
1226 Note:
1227 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1228 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001229
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001230 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1231 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1232
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001233 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1234 HW module registers.
1235
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236- USB Device:
1237 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1238 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1239 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001240 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001241 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1242 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001243 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001244 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1245 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1246 a Linux host by
1247 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1248 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1249 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1250 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001251
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001252 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1253 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001255 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1256 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1257 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001258
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301259 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1260 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1261 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1262 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1263 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1264 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1265 speed.
1266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001267 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001268 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1269 be set to usbtty.
1270
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001271 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001272 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001273 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001274 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1275 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1276 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1277
1278 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1279 Define this string as the name of your company for
1280 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001281
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001282 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1283 Define this string as the name of your product
1284 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1285
1286 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1287 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1288 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1289 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1290 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001291
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001292 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1293 Define this as the unique Product ID
1294 for your device
1295 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001296
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001297- ULPI Layer Support:
1298 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1299 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1300 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1301 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1302 viewport is supported.
1303 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1304 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001305 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1306 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1307 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308
1309- MMC Support:
1310 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1311 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1312 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1313 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001314 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1315 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001316
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001317 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1318 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1319
1320 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1321 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1322
1323 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1324 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1325
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001326 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1327 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1328
1329 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1330 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1331 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1332
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001333- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001334 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001335 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1336
1337 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1338 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1339 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1340 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1341 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1342
1343 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1344 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1345
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001346 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1347 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1348
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301349 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1350 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1351 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1352 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1353 one that would help mostly the developer.
1354
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001355 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1356 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1357 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1358 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1359 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1360
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001361 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1362 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1363 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1364 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1365 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1366 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1367
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001368 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1369 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1370 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1371 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1372
1373 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1374 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1375 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1376 sending again an USB request to the device.
1377
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001378- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001379 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1380 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1381
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001382 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1383 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1384 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1385 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1386 used on Android devices.
1387 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1388
1389 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1390 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1391 image format header.
1392
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001393 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001394 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1395 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1396 downloaded images.
1397
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001398 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001399 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1400 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1401 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1402
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001403 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1404 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1405 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1406 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1407
1408 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1409 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1410 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1411 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1412
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001413 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1414 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1415 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1416 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1417 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1418 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1419 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001420 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001421
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001422 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1423 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1424 image to DOS MBR.
1425 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1426 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1427 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1428
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001429- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001430 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001431 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001433 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1434 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001435 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1436
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001437- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001438 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1439
1440 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1441
1442 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1443 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1444 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1445 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1446 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001447
1448- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001449 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001450 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001451 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1452 support, and should also define these other macros:
1453
1454 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1455 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001456 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1457 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1458 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1459 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1460 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1461
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001462 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1463 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001464 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001465 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001466
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001467- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1468
1469 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1470 display); also select one of the supported displays
1471 by defining one of these:
1472
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001473 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1474
1475 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1476
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001477 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001478
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001479 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001481 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001482
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001483 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1484 Active, color, single scan.
1485
1486 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1487
1488 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489 Active, color, single scan.
1490
1491 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1492
1493 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1494 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1495
1496 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1497
1498 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1499 Active, color, single scan.
1500
1501 CONFIG_HLD1045
1502
1503 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1504 Active, color, single scan.
1505
1506 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1507
1508 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1509 or
1510 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1511 or
1512 Hitachi SP14Q002
1513
1514 320x240. Black & white.
1515
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001516 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1517
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001518 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001519 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1520 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1521 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1522 a per-section basis.
1523
1524
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001525 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1526
1527 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1528 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1529 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1530 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1531 printed out.
1532 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1533 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1534 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1535 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1536 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1537 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1538 1 = 90 degree rotation
1539 2 = 180 degree rotation
1540 3 = 270 degree rotation
1541
1542 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1543 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1544
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001545 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1546
1547 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1548
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001549 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1550
1551 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1552 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1553
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001554- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001555
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001556 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1557 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1558 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001559 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001560 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1561 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1562 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1563 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001564
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001565 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1566
1567 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1568 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001569 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001570 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1571 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1572 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1573 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1574 there is no need to set this option.
1575
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001576 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1577
1578 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1579 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1580 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1581 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1582 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1583 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1584
1585 Example:
1586 setenv splashpos m,m
1587 => image at center of screen
1588
1589 setenv splashpos 30,20
1590 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1591
1592 setenv splashpos -10,m
1593 => vertically centered image
1594 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1595
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001596- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1597
1598 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1599 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1600 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1601
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001602- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1603
1604 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1605 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1606 bmp command.
1607
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001608- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001609 CONFIG_GZIP
1610
1611 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1612
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001613 CONFIG_BZIP2
1614
1615 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1616 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1617 compressed images are supported.
1618
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001619 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001620 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001621 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001622
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001623 CONFIG_LZO
1624
1625 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1626 is included.
1627
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001628- MII/PHY support:
1629 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1630
1631 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1632
1633 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1634
1635 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1636
1637 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1638
1639 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001640 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001641
1642 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1643
1644 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1645 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1646 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1647 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1648
1649 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1650
1651 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1652 command issued before MII status register can be read
1653
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001654- IP address:
1655 CONFIG_IPADDR
1656
1657 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001658 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001659 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001660 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001661
1662- Server IP address:
1663 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1664
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001665 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001667 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001668
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001669 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1670
1671 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1672 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1673
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001674- Gateway IP address:
1675 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1676
1677 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1678 default router where packets to other networks are
1679 sent to.
1680 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1681
1682- Subnet mask:
1683 CONFIG_NETMASK
1684
1685 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1686 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1687 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1688 forwarded through a router.
1689 (Environment variable "netmask")
1690
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001691- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1692 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1693
1694 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1695 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001696 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001697 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1698 multicast group.
1699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001700- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1701 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1702
1703 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1704 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1705 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1706 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1707 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1708 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1709 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1710 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001711 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712
1713 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1714 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1715 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1716 4th and following
1717 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1718
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001719 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1720
1721 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1722 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1723 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1724 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1725 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1726 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1727 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1728 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1729 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1730 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1731 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1732 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1733 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1734 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1735 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1736
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001737- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001738 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1739 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001740
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001741 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1742 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1743 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1744 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1745 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1746 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1747 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1748 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1749 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1750 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1751 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1752 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001753 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001754
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001755 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1756 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001757
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001758 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1759 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1760 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1761 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1762 is not available.
1763
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001764 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1765 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1766 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1767 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1768 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1769 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1770 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001771 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001772
1773 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1774 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1775 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001776 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001777 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1778 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001779
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001780 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1781
1782 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1783 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1784 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1785 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1786 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1787 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1788 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1789 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1790 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1791 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1792 this delay.
1793
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001794 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1795 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1796 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1797 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1798 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1799
1800 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1801
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001802 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001803 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001804
1805 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1806
1807 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1808
1809 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1810 of the device.
1811
1812 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1813
1814 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1815 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001816 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001817
1818 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1819
1820 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1821 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1822
1823 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1824
1825 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1826
1827 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1828
1829 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1830
1831 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1832
1833 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1834
1835 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1836
1837 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1838 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1839
1840 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1841
1842 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1843
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001844- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845
1846 Several configurations allow to display the current
1847 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1848 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1849 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1850 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1851 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001852 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001853 feature in U-Boot.
1854
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001855 Additional options:
1856
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001857 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001858 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1859 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001860 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001861 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1862
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001863 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1864 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1865 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1866 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1867 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1868 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1869
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001870- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001871
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001872 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1873 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1874 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1875 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1876 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1877 interface.
1878
1879 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001880 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1881 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1882 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1883 for defining speed and slave address
1884 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1885 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1886 for defining speed and slave address
1887 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1888 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1889 for defining speed and slave address
1890 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1891 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1892 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001893
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001894 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1895 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1896 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1897 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1898 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1899 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001900 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001901 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1902 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1903 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1904 second bus.
1905
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001906 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001907 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1908 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1909 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001910
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001911 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1912 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1913 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1914 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1915
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001916 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1917 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001918 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1919 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1920 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1921 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001922 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1923 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1924 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1925 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1926 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1927 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001928 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1929 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001930 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001931 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1932
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001933 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1934 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1935 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1936
1937 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1938 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1939 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1940 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1941 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1942 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1943 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1944 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1945 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1946
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001947 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1948 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1949 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1950
1951 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1952 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1953 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1954 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1955 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1956 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1957 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1958 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1959 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1960 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001961 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001962
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001963 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1964 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1965 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1966 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1967 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1968 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1969 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1970 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1971 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1972 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1973 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1974 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1975
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001976 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1977 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1978 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1979 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1980
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301981 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1982 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1983 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1984 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1985 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1986
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001987 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1988 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1989 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1990 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1991 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1992 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1993 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1994 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1995 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1996 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1997 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1998 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1999 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2000 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002001 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2002 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2003 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2004 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2005 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2006 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2007 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2008 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2009 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002010
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002011 additional defines:
2012
2013 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002014 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002015
2016 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2017 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2018 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2019 omit this define.
2020
2021 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2022 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2023 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2024 define.
2025
2026 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002027 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002028 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2029 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2030 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2031
2032 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2033 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2034 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2035 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2036 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2037 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2038 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2039 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2040 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2041 }
2042
2043 which defines
2044 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002045 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2046 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2047 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2048 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2049 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002050 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002051 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2052 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002053
2054 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2055
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06002056- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002057 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002058 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2059 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
2061 I2C_INIT
2062
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002063 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002066 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002067
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002068 I2C_ACTIVE
2069
2070 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2071 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2072 define can be null.
2073
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002074 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076 I2C_TRISTATE
2077
2078 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2079 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2080 define can be null.
2081
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002082 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2083
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002084 I2C_READ
2085
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002086 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2087 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002088
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002089 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091 I2C_SDA(bit)
2092
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002093 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2094 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002096 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002097 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002098 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100 I2C_SCL(bit)
2101
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002102 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2103 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002105 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002106 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002107 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109 I2C_DELAY
2110
2111 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2112 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002113 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002114 like:
2115
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002116 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002118 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2119
2120 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2121 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2122 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2123 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2124
2125 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2126 the generic GPIO functions.
2127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002128 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002129
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002130 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2131 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2132 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2133 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2134 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2135 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2136 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2137 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002138
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002139 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2140
2141 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002142 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2143 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002144 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002146 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002147
2148 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002149 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002150 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2151 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002152
2153 e.g.
2154 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002155 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002156
2157 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2158
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002159 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002160 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002161
2162 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002164 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002165
2166 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2167 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002169 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002170
2171 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2172 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2173
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002174 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2175
2176 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2177 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2178 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2179 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2180 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2181 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2182 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2185
2186 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2187 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2188 D/As on the SACSng board)
2189
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002190 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2191
2192 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2193 only SH7757 is supported.
2194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2196
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002197 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2198 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2199 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2200 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2201 defined, the board configuration must define several
2202 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2203 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002204
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002205 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2206
2207 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2208 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2209 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002210 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002211 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2212
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002213 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2214
2215 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002216 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002217
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002218 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2219 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2220 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2221
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002222- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2223
2224 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2225
2226 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2227
2228 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2229 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2230
2231 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2232
2233 Enables support for FPGA family.
2234 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2235
2236 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002238 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002240 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002242 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002246 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2247 status by the configuration function. This option
2248 will require a board or device specific function to
2249 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002250
2251 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2252
2253 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2254 configuration driver.
2255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002256 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002259 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002261 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2262 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2263 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2264 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002266 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002268 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2269 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002270 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002271 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002273 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002275 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002276 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002278 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002280 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002281 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282
2283- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002284 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2285
2286 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2287 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2288 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2289 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002290 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2293
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002294 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2295 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296
2297- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2298
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002299 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2300 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002301 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002302 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2303 protects these variables from casual modification by
2304 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2305 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002306 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
2308 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2309 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002310 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311 these parameters.
2312
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002313 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2314 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002315 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2317 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2318 read-only.]
2319
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002320 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2321 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2322 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2323 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325- Protected RAM:
2326 CONFIG_PRAM
2327
2328 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2329 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2330 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2331 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2332 this default value by defining an environment
2333 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2334 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2335 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2336 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2337 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2338 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2339 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2340
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002341 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002342 saveenv
2343
2344 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2345 either, which results in a memory region that will
2346 not be affected by reboots.
2347
2348 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2349 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2350 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2351 following board configurations are known to be
2352 "pRAM-clean":
2353
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002354 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002355 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002356 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002358- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2359 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2360 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2361 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2362 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2363 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2364 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2365
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366- Error Recovery:
2367 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2368
2369 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2370 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2371 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002372 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002373 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2374 useful during development since you can try to debug
2375 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2376
2377 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2378
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002379 This variable defines the number of retries for
2380 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2381 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2382 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002384 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2385
2386 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2387
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002388 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2389
2390 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2391 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2392 try longer timeout such as
2393 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002395- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002396 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002397
2398 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002400 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
2402 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2403 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2404 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2405
2406 Note:
2407
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002408 In the current implementation, the local variables
2409 space and global environment variables space are
2410 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2411 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2412 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2413 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2414 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002415
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002416 Global environment variables are those you use
2417 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2418 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2419 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420
2421 To store commands and special characters in a
2422 variable, please use double quotation marks
2423 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2424 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2425 symbols.
2426
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002427- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002428 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2429
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002430 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002431 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002432
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002433- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2434 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2435
2436 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2437 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2438 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2439 and PS2.
2440
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002441- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2443
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002444 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2445 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002446 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002447
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002448 For example, place something like this in your
2449 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002450
2451 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2452 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2453 "myvar2=value2\0"
2454
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002455 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2456 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2457 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2458 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002459 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002460 You better know what you are doing here.
2461
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002462 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2463 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002464 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002465 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002467 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2468
2469 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2470 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2471 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2472
2473 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2474
2475 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2477 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2478 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2479 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2480
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002481 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2482
2483 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2484 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2485 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2486
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002487 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2488
2489 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002490 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002491 that so that the environment is not available until
2492 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2493 this is instead controlled by the value of
2494 /config/load-environment.
2495
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002496- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002497 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2498
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002499 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2500 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2501 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002502
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002503- Serial Flash support
2504 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2505
2506 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2507 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2508
2509 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2510 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2511 commands.
2512
2513 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2514 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2515 flash is present on the system.
2516
2517 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2518 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2519 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2520 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2521
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002522 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2523
2524 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2525 test ('sf test').
2526
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002527- SystemACE Support:
2528 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2529
2530 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2531 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002532 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002533 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002534
2535 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002536 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002537
2538 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2539 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2540
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002541- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2542 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2543
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002544 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002545 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002546 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002547 number generator is used.
2548
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002549 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2550 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2551 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2552
2553 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002554 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2555 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2556 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2557 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2558 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2559 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2560
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002561- bootcount support:
2562 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2563
2564 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2565 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2566
2567 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2568 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002569 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2570 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2571 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2572 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2573 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2574 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2575 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2576 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2577 the bootcounter.
2578 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002579
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002580- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002581 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2582
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002583 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2584 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2585 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2586 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2587 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2588 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002590
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002591Legacy uImage format:
2592
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593 Arg Where When
2594 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002595 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002597 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002598 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002599 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2601 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2602 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002603 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2605 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2606 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2607 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002608 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002610
2611 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2612 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2613 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2614 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2615 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2616 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2617 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002618 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002619 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2620 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2621
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002622 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002624 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002625 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2626 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002627
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002628 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2629 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2630 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2631 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2632 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2633 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2634 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2635 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2636 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2637 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2638 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2639 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2640 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2641 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2642 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2643 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2644 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2645 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2646 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2647 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2648 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2649 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2650 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2651 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2652 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2653 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2654 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2655 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2656 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2657 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2658 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2659 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2660 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2661 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2662 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2663 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2664 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2665 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2666 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2667 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2668 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2669 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2670 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2671 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2672 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2673 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2674 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002676 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002678 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002679 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2680 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002681
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002682 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002683 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2684 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2685 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002686 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2687 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002688 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2689 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002690 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002691
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002692FIT uImage format:
2693
2694 Arg Where When
2695 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2696 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2697 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2698 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2699 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2700 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002701 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002702 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2703 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2704 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2705 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2706 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002707 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2708 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002709 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2710 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2711 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2712 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2713 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2714 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2715 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2716 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2717
2718 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2719 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2720 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002721 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002722 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2723 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2724 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2725 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2726 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2727 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2728 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2729 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2730 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2731 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2732 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2733 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2734
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002735 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002736 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2737
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002738 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002739 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2740
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002741 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002742 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2743
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002744- legacy image format:
2745 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2746 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2747
2748 Default:
2749 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2750
2751 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2752 disable the legacy image format
2753
2754 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2755 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2756
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002757- Standalone program support:
2758 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2759
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002760 This option defines a board specific value for the
2761 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2762 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002763 settings.
2764
2765- Frame Buffer Address:
2766 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2767
2768 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002769 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2770 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2771 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2772 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2773 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2774 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2775 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002776
2777 Please see board_init_f function.
2778
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002779- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2780 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2781 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2782 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2783
2784 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2785 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2786
2787- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2788 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2789
2790 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2791 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2792
2793 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2794
2795 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2796 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2797
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002798- UBI support
2799 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2800
2801 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2802 with the UBI flash translation layer
2803
2804 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2805
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002806 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2807
2808 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2809 warnings and errors enabled.
2810
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002811
2812 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2813 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2814 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2815 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2816 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2817 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2818
2819 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2820 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2821 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2822 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2823 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2824
2825 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002826
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002827 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2828 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2829 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2830 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2831 flash), this value is ignored.
2832
2833 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2834 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2835 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2836 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2837 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2838 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2839
2840 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2841 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2842 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2843 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2844 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2845 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2846 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2847 partition.
2848
2849 default: 20
2850
2851 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2852 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2853 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2854 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2855 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2856 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2857 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2858 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2859 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2860 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2861 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2862 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2863
2864 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2865 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2866 without a fastmap.
2867 default: 0
2868
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002869 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2870 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2871 default: 0
2872
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002873- UBIFS support
2874 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2875
2876 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2877 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2878
2879 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2880
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002881 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2882
2883 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2884 warnings and errors enabled.
2885
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002886- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002887 CONFIG_SPL
2888 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002889
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002890 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2891 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2892
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002893 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2894 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2895 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2896 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002897 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002898 must not be both defined at the same time.
2899
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002900 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002901 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2902 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2903 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2904 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002905
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002906 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2907 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002908
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002909 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2910 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2911 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2912
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002913 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2914 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2915
2916 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002917 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2918 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2919 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002920 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002921 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002922
2923 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2924 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2925
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002926 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2927 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2928 loaded does not have a signature.
2929 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2930 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2931 will be caught.
2932 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2933 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2934 and thus should be skipped silently.
2935
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002936 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2937 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2938 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2939 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2940
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002941 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2942 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002943 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2944 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2945 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002946
2947 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2948 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002949
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002950 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2951 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2952 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2953 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2954
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002955 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2956 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2957 See also: doc/README.falcon
2958
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002959 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2960 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2961 about the running system.
2962
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002963 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2964 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2965
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002966 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2967 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2968 used in raw mode
2969
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002970 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2971 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2972 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2973
2974 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2975 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2976 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2977 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2978 (for falcon mode)
2979
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002980 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2981 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2982 used in fs mode
2983
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002984 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2985 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2986
2987 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002988 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002989 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002990
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002991 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002992 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002993 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002994
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002995 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2996 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2997 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2998 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2999 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3000
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303001 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3002 Avoid SPL relocation
3003
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003004 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3005 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3006 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3007
3008 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3009 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3010
3011 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3012 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3013
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003014 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003015 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3016 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003017
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003018 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3019 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3020 loader
3021
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003022 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3023 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3024 if you need to save space.
3025
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003026 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3027 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3028 SPL binary.
3029
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003030 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3031 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3032 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3033 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3034 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3035 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003036 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003037
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303038 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3039 Add support NAND boot
3040
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003041 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003042 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3043
3044 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3045 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3046
3047 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3048 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003049
3050 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003051 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003052
3053 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3054 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003055 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003056
3057 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3058 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3059 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3060
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003061 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3062 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3063
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003064 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003065 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3066 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3067 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3068 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3069 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003070
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003071 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3072 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3073 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3074 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3075
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003076 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3077 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3078 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3079 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3080 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3081
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003082- TPL framework
3083 CONFIG_TPL
3084 Enable building of TPL globally.
3085
3086 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3087 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3088 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003089 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3090 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3091 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003092
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003093- Interrupt support (PPC):
3094
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003095 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3096 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003097 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003098 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003099 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003100 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003101 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003102 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3103 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3104 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003105
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003107Board initialization settings:
3108------------------------------
3109
3110During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3111to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3112before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3113following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3114architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3115typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3116
3117- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3118- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3119- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3120- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003122Configuration Settings:
3123-----------------------
3124
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003125- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3126 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003128- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3130
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003131- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3132 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003134- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003135 prompt for user input.
3136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003137- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003139- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003143- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003144 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3145 booted
3146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003150- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003151 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3152 simple memory test.
3153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003154- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003155 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003157- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003158 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3159 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3160
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003161- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003162 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003163 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3164 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3165 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003166 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003167 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3168 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3169
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003170- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003171 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003172 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003173 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003174 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3175 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3176 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003177 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003178 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003179 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003180
3181 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3182 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3183 be touched.
3184
3185 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3186 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3187 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3188 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3189 problems.
3190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003191- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003192 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003197- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003200- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003201 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3202 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003203 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003206- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003207 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3208 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3209 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3210 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003212- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3214
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003215- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3216 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3217 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3218 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3219 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3220 space.
3221
3222 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3223 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3224 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003225 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003226 U-Boot relocates itself.
3227
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003228- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3229 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3230 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3231 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3232
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003233- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3234 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3235 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3236 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3237 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3238 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3239 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3240 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3241 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3242 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3243 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3244 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3245 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3246 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3247 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3248 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3249
3250 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003252- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003253 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3254 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003255 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003256 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003258- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003259 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3260 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003261 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3262 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003263 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003264 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003265 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003266 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3267 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3268 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003270- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3271 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3272 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3273 is enabled.
3274
3275- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3276 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3277 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3278
3279- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3280 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3281 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003283- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003284 Max number of Flash memory banks
3285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003286- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003287 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003289- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003295- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003296 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003298- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003299 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003302 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3303 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003305- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003306
3307 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3308 without this option such a download has to be
3309 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3310 copy from RAM to flash.
3311
3312 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3313 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003314 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3315 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003316 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003318- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003319 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003320 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003322- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003323 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3324 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003325
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003326- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3327 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3328 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3329 to the MTD layer.
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003332 Use buffered writes to flash.
3333
3334- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3335 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3336 write commands.
3337
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003338- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003339 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3340 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3341 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3342 optionally available.
3343
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003344- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3345 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3346 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3347 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3348
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003349- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3350 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3351 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3352 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3353 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3354 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3355 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3356 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003358- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003359 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3360 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003361 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3362 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003363 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003364 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3365
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003366- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3367
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003368 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3369 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3370 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3371 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3372 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003373
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003374- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3375- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003376 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003377 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3378 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3379 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3380
3381 The format of the list is:
3382 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003383 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3384 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003385 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3386 list = entry[,list]
3387
3388 The type attributes are:
3389 s - String (default)
3390 d - Decimal
3391 x - Hexadecimal
3392 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3393 i - IP address
3394 m - MAC address
3395
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003396 The access attributes are:
3397 a - Any (default)
3398 r - Read-only
3399 o - Write-once
3400 c - Change-default
3401
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003402 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3403 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003404 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003405
3406 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3407 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3408 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3409 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3410 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3411 ".flags" variable.
3412
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003413 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3414 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3415 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3416
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003417- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3418 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3419 access flags.
3420
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003421- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3422 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3423 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3424 building U-Boot to enable this.
3425
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3427of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3428following configurations:
3429
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003430- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3431
3432 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3433 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003435- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436
3437 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3438
3439 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3440 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3441 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3442 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3443 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3444 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3445 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3446 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3447 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3448 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3449 between U-Boot and the environment.
3450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003451 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452
3453 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3454 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3455 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3456 for this sector is given here.
3457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003458 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003460 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461
3462 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3463 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003464 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003466 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467
3468 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3469
3470
3471 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3472 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3473 the environment.
3474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003475 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003477 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003478 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3480 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3481
3482 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3483 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3484 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3485 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3486 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3487 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3488 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3489 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3490 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003492 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3493 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003495 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003496 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003497 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003498 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
3500BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3501source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3502accordingly!
3503
3504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003505- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506
3507 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3508 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3509 environment.
3510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003511 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3512 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003514 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3516 can just be read and written to, without any special
3517 provision.
3518
3519BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003520in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003521console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522U-Boot will hang.
3523
3524Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3525environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3526keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3527to save the current settings.
3528
3529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003530- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531
3532 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3533 device and a driver for it.
3534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003535 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3536 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
3538 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3539 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3543 The default address is zero.
3544
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003545 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3546 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3550 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3551 would require six bits.
3552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003555 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3559 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003562 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3563 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3564 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3565 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3566 byte chips.
3567
3568 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3569 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3570 in the chip address.
3571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3574
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003575 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3576 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3577 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3578
3579 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3580 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3581 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3582 EEPROM. For example:
3583
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003584 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003585
3586 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3587 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003589- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003590
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003591 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003592 want to use for the environment.
3593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003594 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3595 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3596 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003597
3598 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3599 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3600 at the specified address.
3601
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003602- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3603
3604 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3605 want to use for the environment.
3606
3607 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3608 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3609
3610 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3611 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3612 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3613
3614 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3615
3616 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3617
3618 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3619
3620 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3621 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3622 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003623 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003624 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3625
3626 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3627 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3628
3629 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3630
3631 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3632
3633 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3634
3635 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3636
3637 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3638
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003639- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3640
3641 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3642 want to use for the local device's environment.
3643
3644 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3645 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3646
3647 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3648 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3649 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003650 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003651
3652BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3653"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003654environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3655but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003657- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003658
3659 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3660 for the environment.
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003662 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3663 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003664
3665 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003666 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3667 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003668
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003669 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003671 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003672 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3673 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003674 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003675 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003676
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003677 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3678
3679 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3680 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3681 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3682 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3683 the range to be avoided.
3684
3685 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3686
3687 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3688 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3689 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3690 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3691 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003692
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003693- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3694
3695 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3696 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3697 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3698
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003699- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3700
3701 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3702 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3703 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3704
3705 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3706
3707 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3708
3709 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3710
3711 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3712 environment in.
3713
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003714 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3715
3716 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3717 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3718 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3719
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003720 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3721 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3722
3723 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3724 when storing the env in UBI.
3725
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003726- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
3727 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
3728
3729 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
3730
3731 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
3732
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02003733 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003734
3735 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
3736 be as following:
3737
3738 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
3739 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
3740 partition table.
3741 - "D:0": device D.
3742 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
3743 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
3744 table.
3745 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003746 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003747 partition table then means device D.
3748
3749 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
3750
3751 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003752 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003753
3754 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Tom Rini91d27a12017-06-02 11:03:50 -04003755 This must be enabled. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003756
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003757- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3758
3759 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3760 environment.
3761
3762 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3763
3764 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3765
3766 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3767
3768 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3769 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3770 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3771
3772 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3773 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3774
3775 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3776 area within the specified MMC device.
3777
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003778 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3779 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3780 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3781 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3782 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3783 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3784 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3785
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003786 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3787 MMC sector boundary.
3788
3789 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3790
3791 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3792 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3793 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3794 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3795
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003796 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3797 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3798
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003799 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3800 an MMC sector boundary.
3801
3802 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3803
3804 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3805 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3806 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3807
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003808Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003810created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811until then to read environment variables.
3812
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003813The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3814is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3815with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3816necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3817"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3818have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
3820Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3821the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003822use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003824- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003825 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003828 also needs to be defined.
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003831 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003833- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3834 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3835 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3836 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3837 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3838 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3839
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003840- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3841 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3842 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3843 to do this.
3844
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003845- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3846 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3847 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3848 present.
3849
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003850- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3851 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3852 build system checks that the actual size does not
3853 exceed it.
3854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003856---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3860
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003861- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3862 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3863 PowerPC SOCs.
3864
3865- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3866 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3867 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3868
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003869- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3870 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3871 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003872 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003873 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3874 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3875 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3876
3877 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3878 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3879
3880- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003881 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3882 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003883 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3884 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3885
3886- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3887 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3888 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3889 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3890
3891- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3892 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3893 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3894
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003895- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003896 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003897
3898 the default drive number (default value 0)
3899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003900 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003901
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003902 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003903 (default value 1)
3904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003906
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003907 defines the offset of register from address. It
3908 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003909 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3912 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003913 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003916 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3917 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003918 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003919 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003920
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003921- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3922 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3923 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3924 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3925 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3926 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003927 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003930 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003931 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003935 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3937 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3938 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3939 will become available only after programming the
3940 memory controller and running certain initialization
3941 sequences.
3942
3943 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003944 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
3948 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3950 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003952 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003953 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003954 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3955 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
3957 Note:
3958 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3959 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003960 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003961 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3962 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003964- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003966- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967 SDRAM timing
3968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003969- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970 periodic timer for refresh
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003972- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3973 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3974 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3975 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3977
3978- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003979 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3980 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3982
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003983- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003984 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003985 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3986 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3987 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3988 by coreboot or similar.
3989
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003990- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3991 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3992
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003993- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3994 Chip has SRIO or not
3995
3996- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3997 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3998
3999- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4000 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4001
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004002- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4003 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4004
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004005- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4006 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4007
4008- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4009 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4010
4011- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4012 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4013
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004014- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4015 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4016 a 16 bit bus.
4017 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004018 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004019 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004020 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004021
4022- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4023 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4024 a default value will be used.
4025
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004026- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004027 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4028 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4029
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004030 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4031 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004033- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004034 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4035 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4036 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004037
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004038- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4039 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4040 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4041 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4042 header files or board specific files.
4043
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004044- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4045 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4046
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004047- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4048 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4049
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004050- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4051 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004053- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004054 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4055 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004056
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004057- CONFIG_RMII
4058 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4059 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4060 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4061
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004062- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4063 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4064 The syntax is:
4065
4066 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4067
4068 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4069 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4070 area should have.
4071
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004072- CONFIG_LOOPW
4073 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004074 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004075
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004076- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4077 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4078 "md/mw" commands.
4079 Examples:
4080
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004081 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004082 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4083
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004084 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004085 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4086
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004087 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004088 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004089
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004090- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004091 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004092 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4093 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4094 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004095
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004096 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4097 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4098 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4099 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004100
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004101- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4102 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004103 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004104 instruction cache) is still performed.
4105
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004106- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004107 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4108 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4109 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004110
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004111- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4112 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4113 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4114 It is loaded by the SPL.
4115
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004116- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4117 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4118 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4119 previous 4k of the .text section.
4120
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004121- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4122 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4123 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4124 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4125 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4126 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4127 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4128 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4129
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004130- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4131 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4132 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004133
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004134- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4135 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4136
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004137- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4138 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4139 driver that uses this:
4140 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4141
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004142Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4143-----------------------------------
4144
4145The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4146loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4147This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4148are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4149within that device.
4150
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004151- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4152 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4153 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4154 is also specified.
4155
4156- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4157 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004158 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4159 is also specified.
4160
4161- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4162 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4163 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4164 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4165 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4166
4167- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4168 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4169 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4170 virtual address in NOR flash.
4171
4172- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4173 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4174 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4175
4176- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4177 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4178 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4179
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004180- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4181 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4182 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004183 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4184 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4185 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004186
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004187Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4188---------------------------------------------------------
4189The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4190"firmware".
4191This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4192are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4193within that device.
4194
4195- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4196 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4197
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304198Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4199-------------------------------------------
4200The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4201"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4202This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4203
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004204- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4205 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304206
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004207Reproducible builds
4208-------------------
4209
4210In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4211process have to be set to a fixed value.
4212
4213This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4214SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4215option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4216
4217SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4218
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219Building the Software:
4220======================
4221
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004222Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4223and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4224all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4225(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4226recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4227which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004229If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4230have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4231you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4232Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4233necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004235 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4236 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004238Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4239 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4240 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4241 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4242
4243 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4244
4245 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4246 be executed on computers running Windows.
4247
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004248U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4249sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250is done by typing:
4251
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004252 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004254where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004255rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4258 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4259 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4260 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004261 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004263 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004266 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004269 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4273images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4276- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4277- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004279By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4280in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4281this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4282
42831. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4284
4285 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004286 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004287 make O=/tmp/build all
4288
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020042892. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004290
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004291 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004292 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004293 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004294 make all
4295
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004296Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004297variable.
4298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004300Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4301for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4302native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4306to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4307steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010043091. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004311 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
43122. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4313 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043143. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4315 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020043164. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043175. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4318 to be installed on your target system.
43196. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4320 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4324==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004326If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4327or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4329the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004330official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004332But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4333cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004335just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4336configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4337will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4338for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004339
4340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344Monitor Commands - Overview:
4345============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004347go - start application at address 'addr'
4348run - run commands in an environment variable
4349bootm - boot application image from memory
4350bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004351bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4353 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4354 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004355tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4357diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4358loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4359loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4360md - memory display
4361mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4362nm - memory modify (constant address)
4363mw - memory write (fill)
4364cp - memory copy
4365cmp - memory compare
4366crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004367i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368sspi - SPI utility commands
4369base - print or set address offset
4370printenv- print environment variables
4371setenv - set environment variables
4372saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4373protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4374erase - erase FLASH memory
4375flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004376nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4378iminfo - print header information for application image
4379coninfo - print console devices and informations
4380ide - IDE sub-system
4381loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004382loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383mtest - simple RAM test
4384icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4385dcache - enable or disable data cache
4386reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4387echo - echo args to console
4388version - print monitor version
4389help - print online help
4390? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4394========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
4400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401Environment Variables:
4402======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4405can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4408"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4409without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4410environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4411working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4412environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004414Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4415
4416List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004428 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4429 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4430 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4431 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4432 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4433 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004434 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4435 bootm_mapsize.
4436
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004437 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004438 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4439 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4440 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4441 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4442 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4443 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004444
4445 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4446 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4447 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4448 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4449 environment variable.
4450
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004451 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4452 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4453 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004455 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4456 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4457 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4458 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4461 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4462 be automatically started (by internally calling
4463 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004465 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4466 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4467 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4468 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4469 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004471 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4472 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004473 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4474 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4475 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4476 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4477 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4478 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4479 access it during the boot procedure.
4480
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004481 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4482 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4483 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4484 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4485 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4486 must be accessible by the kernel.
4487
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004488 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4489 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4490 defined.
4491
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004492 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4493 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4494 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4495 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4496 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4499 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4500 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4501 is usually what you want since it allows for
4502 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4503 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004504 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004505 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4506 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4507 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4508 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4511 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4512 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4513 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4514 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4515 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4520 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4521 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4522 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4523 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4524 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4525 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4530 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004542 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004544 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4545 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004547 => setenv ethact FEC
4548 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4549 => setenv ethact SCC
4550 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004552 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4553 available network interfaces.
4554 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4555
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004556 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4558 When set to "once" the network operation will
4559 fail when all the available network interfaces
4560 are tried once without success.
4561 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4562 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004564 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004565
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004566 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004567 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4568 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4569 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4570 is silent.
4571
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004572 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004573 UDP source port.
4574
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004575 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004576 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4577
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004578 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4579 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4580
4581 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4582 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4583 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4584 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4585 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4586 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4587 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4588
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004589 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4590 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4591 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4592 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4593 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4594 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4595 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4596
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004597 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004598 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004600
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004601 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4602 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4603 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4604 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4605 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4606
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004607The following image location variables contain the location of images
4608used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4609not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4610variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4611server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4612loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4613flash or offset in NAND flash.
4614
4615*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004616boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004617boards use these variables for other purposes.
4618
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004619Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4620----- --------- ----------- --------------
4621u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4622Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4623device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4624ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004626The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4627updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4628depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630 bootfile - see above
4631 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4632 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4633 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4634 hostname - Target hostname
4635 ipaddr - see above
4636 netmask - Subnet Mask
4637 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4638 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004639
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4644 as type string and/or serial number
4645 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4648the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4649once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
4651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4655 with the "version" command. This variable is
4656 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4660only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004662
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004663Callback functions for environment variables:
4664---------------------------------------------
4665
4666For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004667when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004668be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4669deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4670effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4671
4672The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4673U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4674
4675These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4676static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4677in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4678associations. The list must be in the following format:
4679
4680 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4681 list = entry[,list]
4682
4683If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4684Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4685
4686Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4687with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4688override any association in the static list. You can define
4689CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004690".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004691
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004692If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4693regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4694the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4695
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697Command Line Parsing:
4698=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4701the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703Old, simple command line parser:
4704--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4707- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004708- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4710 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004711 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4713 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715Hush shell:
4716-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4719 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4720 until...do...done, ...
4721- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4722 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4723 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4724 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726General rules:
4727--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4730 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4731 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4732 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004735 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4737 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4740=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004741
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004742Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4744"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4747MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4748"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4751in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4752ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4753variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4756 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4759 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4760 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4763 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4766 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4767 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004770 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4771 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004773If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004774will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004775may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4776The naming convention is as follows:
4777"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779Image Formats:
4780==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004782U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4783images in two formats:
4784
4785New uImage format (FIT)
4786-----------------------
4787
4788Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4789to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4790components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4791SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4792
4793
4794Old uImage format
4795-----------------
4796
4797Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4798preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4799details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4802 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004803 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4804 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4805 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004806* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004807 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004808 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4810* Load Address
4811* Entry Point
4812* Image Name
4813* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4816and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4817CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820Linux Support:
4821==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4824easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4825U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4828special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4829"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4830instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4831serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4834 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4835 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4838 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4841 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4842 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4843 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4844 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4845 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848Linux HOWTO:
4849============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4852---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4855configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4856(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4857Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004859But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4862include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004863Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4864and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004865as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004867Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4868If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4869is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4870doc/driver-model.
4871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873Configuring the Linux kernel:
4874-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4877device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880Building a Linux Image:
4881-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4884not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4885"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4886U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4887which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4888100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004892 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893 make oldconfig
4894 make dep
4895 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4898encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4899CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4906 -R .note -R .comment \
4907 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4916 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4917 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004918
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4921with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4922combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4923byte header containing information about target architecture,
4924operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4925stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4928print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4931contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4932checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934 tools/mkimage -l image
4935 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4938from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4941 -n name -d data_file image
4942 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4943 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4944 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4945 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4946 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4947 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4948 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4949 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004950
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004951Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4952address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4953kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4956- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4961 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004962 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4964 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4965 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4966 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4967 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4968 Load Address: 0x00000000
4969 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4974 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4975 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4976 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4977 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4978 Load Address: 0x00000000
4979 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4982speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4983needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4984need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004986 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4988 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004989 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4991 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4992 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4993 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4994 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4995 Load Address: 0x00000000
4996 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5000when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5003 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5004 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5005 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5006 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5007 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5008 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5009 Load Address: 0x00000000
5010 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005011
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005012The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5013option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5014option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5015from the image:
5016
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005017 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5018 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5019 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5020 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005021
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023Installing a Linux Image:
5024-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5027you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5032image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5033address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5034specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5035command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5038TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042 .......... done
5043 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 => loads 40100000
5046 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5047 ~>examples/image.srec
5048 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5049 ...
5050 15989 15990 15991 15992
5051 [file transfer complete]
5052 [connected]
5053 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005054
5055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005057this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5063 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5065 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5066 Load Address: 00000000
5067 Entry Point: 0000000c
5068 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
5070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071Boot Linux:
5072-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5075memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5076of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5077parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5078"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
5080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081 => printenv bootargs
5082 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086 => printenv bootargs
5087 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 => bootm 40020000
5090 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5091 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5092 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5093 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5094 Load Address: 00000000
5095 Entry Point: 0000000c
5096 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5097 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5098 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5099 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5100 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5101 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5102 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5103 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005105If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5107format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5112 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5113 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5114 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5115 Load Address: 00000000
5116 Entry Point: 0000000c
5117 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5120 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5121 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5122 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5123 Load Address: 00000000
5124 Entry Point: 00000000
5125 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5128 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5129 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5130 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5131 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5132 Load Address: 00000000
5133 Entry Point: 0000000c
5134 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5135 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5136 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5137 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5138 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5139 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5140 Load Address: 00000000
5141 Entry Point: 00000000
5142 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5143 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5144 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5145 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5146 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5147 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5148 ...
5149 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5150 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005154Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5155-----------
5156
5157First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5158titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5159following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5160flat device tree:
5161
5162=> print oftaddr
5163oftaddr=0x300000
5164=> print oft
5165oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5166=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5167Speed: 1000, full duplex
5168Using TSEC0 device
5169TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5170Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5171Load address: 0x300000
5172Loading: #
5173done
5174Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5175=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5176Speed: 1000, full duplex
5177Using TSEC0 device
5178TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5179Filename 'uImage'.
5180Load address: 0x200000
5181Loading:############
5182done
5183Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5184=> print loadaddr
5185loadaddr=200000
5186=> print oftaddr
5187oftaddr=0x300000
5188=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5189## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005190 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5191 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5192 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005193 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005194 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005195 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5196 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5197Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5198Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5199Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5200[snip]
5201
5202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203More About U-Boot Image Types:
5204------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5209 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5210 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5211 the Standalone Program.
5212 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5213 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5214 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5215 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5216 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5217 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5218 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5219 being started.
5220 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5221 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5222 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5223 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5224 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5225 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5228 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5229 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5230 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5231 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5232 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5235 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5236 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5239 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5240 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5241 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005242
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005243Booting the Linux zImage:
5244-------------------------
5245
5246On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5247using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5248as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5249
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005250Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005251kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5252address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5253format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256Standalone HOWTO:
5257=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5260run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5261U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265"Hello World" Demo:
5266-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5269application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5270It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5271like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273 => loads
5274 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5275 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5276 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5277 [file transfer complete]
5278 [connected]
5279 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5282 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5283 Hello World
5284 argc = 7
5285 argv[0] = "40004"
5286 argv[1] = "Hello"
5287 argv[2] = "World!"
5288 argv[3] = "This"
5289 argv[4] = "is"
5290 argv[5] = "a"
5291 argv[6] = "test."
5292 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5293 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5298handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5299Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5300The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5301character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5302controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5305 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5306 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5307 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 => loads
5310 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5311 ~>examples/timer.srec
5312 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5313 [file transfer complete]
5314 [connected]
5315 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317 => go 40004
5318 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5319 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5320 Using timer 1
5321 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323Hit 'b':
5324 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5325 Enabling timer
5326Hit '?':
5327 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5328 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5329Hit '?':
5330 [q, b, e, ?] .
5331 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5332Hit '?':
5333 [q, b, e, ?] .
5334 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5335Hit '?':
5336 [q, b, e, ?] .
5337 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5338Hit 'e':
5339 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5340Hit 'q':
5341 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
5343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344Minicom warning:
5345================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5348"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5349consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5350Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5351especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005352use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5353http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5354for help with kermit.
5355
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5358configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5361 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5362 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005363
5364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005365NetBSD Notes:
5366=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5369(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5372NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5373need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5374Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5375attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5376missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5379 # mkdir powerpc
5380 # ln -s powerpc machine
5381 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5382 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5385and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5388stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5389proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5390tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005391meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
5393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394Implementation Internals:
5395=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5398implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5399inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5400hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
5402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403Initial Stack, Global Data:
5404---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5407starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5408system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5409This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5410is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5411at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5412options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5413models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5414MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5415locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005417 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005418 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5421 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5422 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5423 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5426 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5427 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5428 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5429 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005430 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5432 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5435 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005436 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5438 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5439 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5440 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005442 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5444 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005445 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5447 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5448 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5449 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5450 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452 -Chris Hallinan
5453 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5456code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5459 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005461* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5463 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5466 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005469normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005470turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5471simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5472functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5473functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5474the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5475place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5476reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5479relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5480GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005482For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5483 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005484 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5486 R5-R10: parameter passing
5487 R13: small data area pointer
5488 R30: GOT pointer
5489 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005490
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005491 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5492 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5493 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005495 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5498 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5499 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5500 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5501 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5502 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005504On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 R0: function argument word/integer result
5507 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005508 R9: platform specific
5509 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5511 R12: temporary workspace
5512 R13: stack pointer
5513 R14: link register
5514 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005516 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5517
5518 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005520On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5521 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5522
5523 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5524
5525 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5526 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5527
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005528On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5529
5530 R0-R1: argument/return
5531 R2-R5: argument
5532 R15: temporary register for assembler
5533 R16: trampoline register
5534 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5535 R29: global pointer (GP)
5536 R30: link register (LP)
5537 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5538 PC: program counter (PC)
5539
5540 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5541
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005542NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5543or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545Memory Management:
5546------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5549MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5552controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5553memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5554physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5557TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5558booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5559to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005560memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5562Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5565of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5568this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5571 :
5572 0x0000 1FFF
5573 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5574 :
5575 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577 :
5578 :
5579 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5580 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5581 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5582 :
5583 0x00FD FFFF
5584 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5585 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5586 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5587 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005588
5589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590System Initialization:
5591----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005594(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005595configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5597To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5598initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02005599which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
5600cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
5601the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5604preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5605(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5606on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5607programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5608simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5609banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5612different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5613bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
56140x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5615contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5618and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5619Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5620pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5623until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5624running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5625new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005626
5627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628U-Boot Porting Guide:
5629----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5632list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
5634
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005635int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636{
5637 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005638
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005639 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5640 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005643 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644 return 0;
5645 }
5646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647 Download latest U-Boot source;
5648
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005649 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005651 if (clueless)
5652 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654 while (learning) {
5655 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005656 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5657 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005659 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005662 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5663 Buy a BDI3000;
5664 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005666
5667 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5668 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5669 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5670 } else {
5671 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5672 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005674 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5675 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005677 while (!accepted) {
5678 while (!running) {
5679 do {
5680 Add / modify source code;
5681 } until (compiles);
5682 Debug;
5683 if (clueless)
5684 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5685 }
5686 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5687 if (reasonable critiques)
5688 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5689 else
5690 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 return 0;
5694}
5695
5696void no_more_time (int sig)
5697{
5698 hire_a_guru();
5699}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
5701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702Coding Standards:
5703-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005706coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005707"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005709Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5710MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005711reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005712sources.
5713
5714Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5715Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5716in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717
5718Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5719- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005720- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005722- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5724
5725Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5726with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
5728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729Submitting Patches:
5730-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5733establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5734may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005736Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005737
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005738Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5739see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5742it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5745 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5746 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5749 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5752
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005753* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5754 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005755
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005756* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5757 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758
5759* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5760 document these in the README file.
5761
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005762* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5763 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005764 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005765 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5766 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005768 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5769 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5770 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005772 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5773 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5774 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5775 affected files).
5776
5777 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5778 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779
5780* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5781 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5782
5783* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5784 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5785
5786
5787Notes:
5788
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005789* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5791 for any of the boards.
5792
5793* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5794 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5795 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5796
5797* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5798 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5799 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5800 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5801 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5802 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005803
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005804* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5805 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5806 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5807 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.